1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
117 enum bptype type_wanted
);
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
128 const struct event_location
*location
,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
171 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
173 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
174 struct address_space
*aspace
,
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
178 struct address_space
*,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
239 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
241 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
242 insert locations now. */
243 enum ugll_insert_mode
245 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
246 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
247 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
248 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
249 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
250 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
251 returns true on them.
253 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
254 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
255 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
256 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
257 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
258 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
262 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
263 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
266 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
268 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
269 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
270 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
271 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
272 as no thread is running yet. */
276 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
278 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
280 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
282 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
284 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
286 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
290 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
292 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
294 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
296 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
298 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
300 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
303 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
306 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
307 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
311 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
313 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
314 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
316 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
317 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
321 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
323 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
324 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
326 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
327 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
329 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
330 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
331 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
332 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
333 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
334 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
336 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
337 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
338 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
339 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
345 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
347 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
348 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
349 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
350 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
352 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
354 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
355 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
356 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
357 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
358 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
359 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
360 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
362 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
364 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
366 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
368 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
369 breakpoints share a single command list. */
370 struct counted_command_line
372 /* The reference count. */
375 /* The command list. */
376 struct command_line
*commands
;
379 struct command_line
*
380 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
382 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
385 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
386 current breakpoint. */
388 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
391 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
393 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
394 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
396 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
398 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
401 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
402 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
403 if such is available. */
404 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
407 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
408 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
411 fprintf_filtered (file
,
412 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
413 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
417 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
418 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
419 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
420 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
421 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
423 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
424 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
427 fprintf_filtered (file
,
428 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
429 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
433 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
434 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
435 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
436 use hardware breakpoints. */
437 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
439 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
440 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
443 fprintf_filtered (file
,
444 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
448 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
449 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
450 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
451 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
452 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
453 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
454 processing user input. */
455 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
458 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
459 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
461 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
465 /* See breakpoint.h. */
468 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
470 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
472 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
473 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
474 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
477 else if (target_has_execution
)
479 struct thread_info
*tp
;
481 if (always_inserted_mode
)
483 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
488 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
492 stopped, we still have events to process. */
493 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
495 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
501 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
503 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
504 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
505 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
507 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
508 condition_evaluation_auto
,
509 condition_evaluation_host
,
510 condition_evaluation_target
,
514 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
518 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
519 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
521 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
522 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
523 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
527 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
529 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
531 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
532 return condition_evaluation_target
;
534 return condition_evaluation_host
;
540 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
543 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
545 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
548 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
552 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
554 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
556 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
559 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
561 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
562 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
564 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
565 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
567 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
568 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
570 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
572 current breakpoint. */
574 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
576 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
577 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
578 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
581 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
582 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
583 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
585 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
586 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
587 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
590 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
591 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
592 to where the loop should start from.
593 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
594 appropriate location to start with. */
596 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
597 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
598 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
600 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
601 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
604 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
606 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
607 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
608 if (is_tracepoint (B))
610 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
612 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
614 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
616 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
618 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
620 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
622 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
623 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
624 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
625 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
626 an address you need to read. */
628 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
630 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
631 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
632 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
633 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
634 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
636 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
638 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
639 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
641 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
643 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
645 static int breakpoint_count
;
647 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
648 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
649 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
650 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
651 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
655 static int tracepoint_count
;
657 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
658 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
659 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
661 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
664 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
667 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
671 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
678 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
680 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
682 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
685 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
688 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
690 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
691 breakpoint_count
= num
;
692 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
695 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
696 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
697 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
699 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
703 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
705 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
708 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
712 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
714 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
717 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
720 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
728 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
729 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
731 static struct counted_command_line
*
732 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
734 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
737 result
->commands
= commands
;
742 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
745 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
751 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
752 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
753 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
756 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
760 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
762 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
769 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
772 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
774 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
777 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
780 static struct cleanup
*
781 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
783 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
787 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
788 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
791 get_breakpoint (int num
)
793 struct breakpoint
*b
;
796 if (b
->number
== num
)
804 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
805 evaluating conditions on its side. */
808 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
810 struct bp_location
*loc
;
812 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
813 evaluating conditions and if the user has
814 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
816 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
817 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
820 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
823 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
824 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
827 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
828 evaluating conditions on its side. */
831 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
833 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
834 evaluating conditions and if the user has
835 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
837 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
838 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
842 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
845 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
848 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
849 condition_evaluation_mode. */
852 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
853 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
855 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
857 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
858 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
860 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
861 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
862 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
866 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
867 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
869 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
870 settings was "auto". */
871 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
873 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
874 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
876 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
877 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
878 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
880 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
881 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
884 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
886 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
889 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
893 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
894 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
895 target knows about. */
896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
897 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
898 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
902 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
908 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
909 what "auto" is translating to. */
912 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
913 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
915 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
916 fprintf_filtered (file
,
917 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
918 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
920 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
922 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
926 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
927 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
928 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
931 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
933 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
934 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
936 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
939 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
942 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
943 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
944 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
947 static struct bp_location
**
948 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
950 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
951 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
952 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
954 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
955 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
956 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
958 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
959 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
960 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
961 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
962 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
964 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
965 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
968 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
969 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
970 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
971 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
978 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
981 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
982 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
984 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
986 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
993 struct bp_location
*loc
;
995 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1000 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1001 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1002 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1009 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1013 const char *arg
= exp
;
1015 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1016 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1017 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1018 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1020 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1022 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1024 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1026 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1028 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1029 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1033 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1035 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1039 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1040 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1042 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1046 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1048 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1051 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1053 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1054 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1055 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1059 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1060 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1064 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1065 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1069 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1070 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1072 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1075 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1076 len
= strlen (text
);
1082 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1084 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1085 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1091 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1092 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1093 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1096 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1099 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1101 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1106 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1109 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1111 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1114 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1116 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1117 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1118 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1119 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1120 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1122 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1124 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1125 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1126 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1128 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1130 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1131 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1136 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1139 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1140 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1141 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1144 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1146 struct command_line
*c
;
1148 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1154 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1156 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1157 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1159 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1160 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1161 command directly. */
1162 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1163 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1166 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1170 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1173 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1175 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1181 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1183 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1186 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1187 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1191 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1192 struct command_line
*commands
)
1194 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1196 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1197 struct command_line
*c
;
1198 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1200 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1201 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1205 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1206 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1207 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1208 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1209 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1210 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1211 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1212 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1213 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1214 tracepoint's context. */
1215 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1217 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1219 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1222 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1223 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1224 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1228 "can be used only once"));
1233 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1237 struct command_line
*c2
;
1239 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1240 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1241 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1243 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1244 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1250 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1254 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1255 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1258 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1260 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1261 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1262 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1265 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1267 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1268 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1269 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1275 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1276 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1279 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1280 struct command_line
*commands
)
1282 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1284 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1285 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1286 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1289 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1290 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1294 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1296 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1299 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1303 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1304 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1307 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1309 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1312 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1316 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1317 breakpoint work for any task. */
1320 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1322 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1325 if (old_task
!= task
)
1326 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1330 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1332 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1334 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1337 /* A structure used to pass information through
1338 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1340 struct commands_info
1342 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1345 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1348 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1349 already-parsed command. */
1350 struct command_line
*control
;
1352 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1354 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1357 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1358 commands_command. */
1361 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1363 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1365 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1367 struct command_line
*l
;
1369 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1370 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1373 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1376 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1377 "%s, one per line."),
1380 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1382 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1385 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1388 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1391 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1394 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1396 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1398 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1399 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1400 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1401 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1402 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1407 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1408 struct command_line
*control
)
1410 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1411 struct commands_info info
;
1413 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1414 info
.control
= control
;
1416 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1417 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1418 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1420 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1422 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1423 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1425 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1426 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1429 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1430 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1431 numbers will fail in this case. */
1436 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1438 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1441 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1445 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1447 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1448 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1450 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1454 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1456 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1459 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1460 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1462 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1463 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1464 enum command_control_type
1465 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1467 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1468 return simple_control
;
1471 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1474 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1476 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1480 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1481 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1486 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1487 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1490 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1491 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1492 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1495 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1496 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1497 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1498 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1499 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1501 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1506 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1507 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1509 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1513 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1515 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1516 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1518 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1520 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1525 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1533 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1535 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1536 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1537 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1541 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1543 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1547 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1549 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1550 shadow_contents buffer. */
1551 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1552 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1553 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1555 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1557 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1558 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1562 const unsigned char *bp
;
1563 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1566 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1567 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1568 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1570 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1572 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1574 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1575 breakpoint's INSN. */
1576 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1580 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1581 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1583 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1584 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1585 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1587 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1588 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1589 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1590 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1591 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1592 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1593 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1594 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1596 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1599 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1600 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1601 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1603 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1605 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1608 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1609 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1610 report higher one. */
1613 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1614 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1616 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1618 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1619 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1621 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1622 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1623 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1624 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1626 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1627 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1628 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1630 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1639 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1640 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1641 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1642 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1643 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1646 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1648 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1649 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1650 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1653 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1656 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1658 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1660 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1661 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1665 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1666 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1667 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1670 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1673 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1674 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1675 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1678 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1681 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1682 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1688 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1692 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1694 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1699 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1702 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1704 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1709 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1713 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1715 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1719 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1720 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1721 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1722 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1723 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1724 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1725 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1726 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1729 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1731 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1732 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1733 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1734 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1737 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1738 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1741 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1743 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1745 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1747 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1748 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1749 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1751 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1753 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1756 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1759 static struct value
*
1760 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1762 struct value
*bit_val
;
1767 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1769 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1772 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1779 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1780 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1781 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1782 to be able to report stops. */
1785 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1786 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1788 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1790 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1791 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1792 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1793 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1796 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1797 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1800 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1802 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1804 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1805 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1806 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1809 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1810 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1811 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1812 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1814 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1816 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1817 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1820 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1821 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1822 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1823 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1824 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1825 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1826 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1827 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1829 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1830 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1831 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1832 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1833 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1834 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1835 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1836 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1839 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1840 hardware watchpoints:
1842 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1843 called several times when GDB stops.
1846 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1847 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1848 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1849 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1850 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1851 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1852 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1853 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1854 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1855 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1856 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1858 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1859 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1862 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1864 int within_current_scope
;
1865 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1868 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1869 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1870 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1871 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1874 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1879 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1880 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1881 within_current_scope
= 1;
1884 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1885 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1886 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1888 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1889 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1890 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1891 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1892 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1895 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1896 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1897 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1898 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1901 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1903 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1904 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1905 if (within_current_scope
)
1909 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1910 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1911 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1914 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1923 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1924 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1925 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1926 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1927 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1928 be completely different objects. */
1929 value_free (b
->val
);
1933 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1934 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1935 locations (re)created below. */
1936 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1938 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1940 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1944 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1962 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2101 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2139 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2142 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2222 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2223 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2224 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2229 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2230 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2231 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2232 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2237 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2238 instruction that triggered one. */
2239 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2240 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2244 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2245 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2246 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2247 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2256 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2257 that the location is not duplicated. */
2260 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2263 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2266 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2267 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2271 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2272 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2273 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2274 any error during parsing. */
2276 static struct agent_expr
*
2277 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2279 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2284 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2285 that may show up. */
2288 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2291 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2293 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2294 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2295 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2300 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2304 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2305 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2306 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2307 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2308 one of them is true. */
2311 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2313 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2314 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2315 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2316 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2318 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2319 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2321 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2322 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2323 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2325 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2326 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2329 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2330 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2331 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2332 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2333 response back to GDB. */
2334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2337 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2341 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2343 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2344 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2345 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2346 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2347 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2348 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2350 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2351 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2357 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2358 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2359 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2361 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2367 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2368 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2369 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2371 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2372 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2373 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2378 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2380 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2382 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2385 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2386 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2391 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2392 for this location's address. */
2393 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2397 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2398 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2399 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2401 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2402 conditions to the target. */
2403 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2404 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2410 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2411 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2412 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2414 static struct agent_expr
*
2415 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2417 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2418 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2419 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2420 const char *cmdrest
;
2421 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2422 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2424 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2431 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2433 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2435 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2436 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2438 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2440 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2442 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2444 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2446 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2447 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2449 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2451 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2452 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2454 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2456 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2458 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2460 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2461 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2464 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2469 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2470 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2472 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2476 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2477 that may show up. */
2480 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2481 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2482 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2484 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2486 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2487 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2488 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2493 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2495 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2499 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2500 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2501 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2504 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2506 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2507 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2508 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2509 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2511 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2512 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2514 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2517 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2518 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2521 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2522 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2523 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2528 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2529 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2530 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2534 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2535 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2536 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2537 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2538 response back to GDB. */
2539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2542 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2546 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2552 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2553 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2554 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2560 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2561 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2562 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2564 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2570 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2572 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2574 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2577 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2578 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2580 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2582 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2585 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2586 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2591 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2592 for this location's address. */
2593 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2596 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2597 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2598 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2599 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2601 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2602 to send the commands to the target. */
2603 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2608 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2609 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2610 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2613 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2614 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2615 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2616 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2619 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2620 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2622 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2623 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2624 int *disabled_breaks
,
2625 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2626 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2628 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2629 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2631 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2634 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2635 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2636 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2637 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2638 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2639 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2640 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2641 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2642 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2643 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2644 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2645 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2647 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2648 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2649 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2650 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2652 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2654 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2655 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2656 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2657 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2660 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2661 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2663 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2665 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2666 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2667 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2669 Two important cases are:
2670 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2671 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2672 hardware breakpoint.
2673 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2674 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2675 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2678 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2679 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2680 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2681 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2683 struct mem_region
*mr
2684 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2688 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2690 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2692 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2693 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2695 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2697 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2699 static int said
= 0;
2701 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2704 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2705 _("Note: automatically using "
2706 "hardware breakpoints for "
2707 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2712 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2713 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2715 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2716 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2717 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2718 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2720 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2726 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2727 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2728 || bl
->section
== NULL
2729 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2731 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2736 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2738 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2740 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2743 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2749 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2750 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2751 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2753 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2754 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2755 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2756 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2757 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2761 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2763 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2765 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2767 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2772 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2773 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2775 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2777 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2780 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2784 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2785 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2786 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2787 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2791 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2792 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2794 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2799 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2801 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2803 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2806 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2812 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2813 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2818 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2820 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2822 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2823 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2824 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2825 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2826 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2827 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2828 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2829 errors as memory errors. */
2830 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2831 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2832 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2833 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2836 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2837 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2839 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2844 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2845 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2846 "library breakpoints:\n");
2848 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2849 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2850 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2855 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2857 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2858 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2859 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2860 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2861 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2862 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2867 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2870 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2871 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2872 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2874 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2875 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2877 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2878 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2882 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2883 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2898 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2899 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2900 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2901 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2905 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2906 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2908 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2910 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2911 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2912 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2914 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2916 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2917 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2919 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2921 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2922 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2926 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2927 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2934 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2935 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2938 /* Back to the original value. */
2939 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2943 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2946 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2951 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2953 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2956 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2960 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2961 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2963 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2966 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2968 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2969 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2970 so just return success. */
2977 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2978 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2982 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2984 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2985 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2987 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2990 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2994 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2995 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2996 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2998 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3000 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3002 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3003 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3004 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3006 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3007 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3009 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3015 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3016 removed locations above. */
3017 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3020 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3021 Throws exception on any error.
3022 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3023 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3025 insert_breakpoints (void)
3027 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3030 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3032 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3034 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3037 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3038 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3039 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3040 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3043 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3046 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3048 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3052 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3056 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3057 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3058 always-inserted mode. */
3061 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3063 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3066 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3067 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3068 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3070 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3071 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3073 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3074 there was an error. */
3075 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3077 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3081 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3083 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3086 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3087 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3088 deletion of breakpoints. */
3089 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3092 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3094 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3095 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3096 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3097 insert breakpoints. */
3098 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3099 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3102 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3103 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3110 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3111 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3114 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3117 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3120 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3122 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3123 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3126 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3127 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3128 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3130 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3131 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3133 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3134 there was an error. */
3135 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3137 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3141 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3144 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3145 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3146 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3147 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3148 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3151 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3153 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3154 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3155 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3156 insert breakpoints. */
3157 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3158 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3161 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3162 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3167 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3168 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3171 int some_failed
= 0;
3172 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3174 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3177 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3180 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3184 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3191 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3193 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3195 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3196 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3197 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3205 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3206 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3207 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3209 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3210 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3211 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3213 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3214 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3217 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3220 /* Used when the program stops.
3221 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3222 removing a breakpoint location. */
3225 remove_breakpoints (void)
3227 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3230 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3232 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3233 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3238 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3242 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3248 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3250 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3252 printf_filtered (_("\
3253 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3254 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3256 /* Hide it from the user. */
3262 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3265 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3267 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3269 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3271 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3273 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3276 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3278 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3287 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3289 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3290 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3293 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3294 struct inferior
*inf
;
3295 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3297 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3301 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3302 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3304 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3306 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3307 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3311 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3317 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3325 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3329 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3331 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3332 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3333 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3334 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3335 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3336 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3338 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3341 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3344 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3345 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3349 static struct breakpoint
*
3350 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3351 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3352 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3354 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3357 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3360 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3361 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3363 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3364 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3365 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3370 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3372 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3374 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3376 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3377 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3379 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3380 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3382 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3385 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3386 int longjmp_searched
;
3388 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3389 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3391 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3392 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3394 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3395 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3397 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3398 int exception_searched
;
3400 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3401 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3404 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3406 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3407 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3409 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3412 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3414 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3417 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3418 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3420 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3421 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3425 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3426 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3427 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3430 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3432 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3433 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3435 return bp_objfile_data
;
3439 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3441 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3442 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3444 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3445 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3449 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3451 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3452 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3454 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3456 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3457 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3459 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3461 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3463 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3466 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3468 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3470 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3471 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3473 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3474 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3477 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3480 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3481 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3483 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3484 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3485 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3486 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3488 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3490 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3491 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3495 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3496 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3499 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3503 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3505 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3506 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3508 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3510 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3512 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3514 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3516 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3520 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3522 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3530 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3533 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3534 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3536 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3538 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3539 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3540 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3551 struct probe
*probe
;
3552 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3555 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3563 get_probe_address (probe
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3568 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3569 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3575 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3578 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3580 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3581 const char *func_name
;
3583 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3585 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3588 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3589 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3591 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3593 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3594 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3596 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3597 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3600 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3603 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3604 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3605 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3606 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3607 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3608 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3609 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3613 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3615 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3618 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3620 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3622 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3623 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3624 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3626 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3628 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3630 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3633 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3635 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3638 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3639 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3641 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3643 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3646 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3648 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3650 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3651 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3652 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3654 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3655 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3658 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3661 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3662 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3663 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3664 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3665 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3666 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3667 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3668 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3672 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3674 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3677 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3680 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3682 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3683 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3685 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3688 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3689 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3691 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3693 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3695 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3696 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3700 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3704 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3705 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3707 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3709 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3710 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3711 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3715 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3716 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3719 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3721 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3723 struct probe
*probe
;
3726 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3727 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3733 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3734 get_probe_address (probe
,
3736 bp_exception_master
,
3737 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3739 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3740 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3746 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3748 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3751 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3753 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3755 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3757 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3758 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3760 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3764 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3767 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3768 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3770 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3771 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3772 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3773 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3774 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3775 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3782 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3784 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3785 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3787 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3788 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3789 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3790 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3791 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3792 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3793 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3794 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3795 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3796 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3797 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3799 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3801 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3804 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3805 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3807 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3811 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3818 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3819 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3821 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3822 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3828 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3829 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3835 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3836 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3838 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3842 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3844 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3845 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3846 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3848 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3852 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3854 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3855 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3856 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3857 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3861 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3862 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3863 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3864 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3865 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3866 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3868 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3869 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3870 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3871 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3872 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3873 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3874 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3876 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3877 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3878 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3879 let finish_command delete it.
3881 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3882 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3883 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3884 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3885 solib breakpoints.) */
3887 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3892 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3893 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3895 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3897 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3904 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3906 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3908 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3909 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3911 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3912 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3914 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3915 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3918 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3921 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3922 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3923 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3924 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3925 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3926 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3927 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3931 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3934 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3938 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3939 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3940 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3941 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3942 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3945 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3949 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3952 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3953 This should not ever happen. */
3954 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3956 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3957 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3959 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3960 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3961 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3963 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3964 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3965 || bl
->section
== NULL
3966 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3968 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3970 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3971 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3972 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3973 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3974 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3975 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3976 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3977 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3978 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3979 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3980 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3981 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3982 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3983 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3984 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3985 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3986 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3987 they should always be removed. */
3988 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3989 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3990 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3993 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3997 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3998 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3999 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
4001 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4002 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4004 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4005 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4007 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4008 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4010 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4011 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4013 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4014 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4017 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4018 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4019 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4020 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4022 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4023 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4024 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4025 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4026 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4027 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4033 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4038 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4039 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4040 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4041 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4042 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4043 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4044 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4045 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4046 always-inserted mode. */
4048 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4049 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4050 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4051 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4057 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4059 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4061 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4062 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4064 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4065 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4067 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4068 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4069 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4072 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4073 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4076 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4077 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4079 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4083 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4090 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4093 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4095 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4096 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4098 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4099 This should not ever happen. */
4100 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4102 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4104 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4106 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4108 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4112 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4115 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4117 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4119 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4120 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4124 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4125 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4127 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4130 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4131 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4132 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4137 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4139 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4140 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4142 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4144 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4146 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4149 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4153 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4159 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4161 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4162 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4165 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4167 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4169 case bp_shlib_event
:
4171 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4172 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4173 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4174 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4175 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4177 (gdb) file prog-linux
4178 (gdb) run # native linux target
4181 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4182 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4185 case bp_step_resume
:
4187 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4189 case bp_single_step
:
4191 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4193 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4198 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4199 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4201 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4203 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4204 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4205 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4206 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4208 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4209 insert_breakpoints. */
4211 value_free (w
->val
);
4222 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4223 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4224 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4225 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4228 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4229 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4230 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4231 match, not program space. */
4233 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4234 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4235 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4236 permanent breakpoint.
4237 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4238 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4239 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4240 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4241 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243 enum breakpoint_here
4244 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4247 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4251 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4252 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4255 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4256 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4265 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4267 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4271 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4284 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4285 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4288 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4290 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4293 if (overlay_debugging
4294 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4295 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4297 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4308 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4311 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4313 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4317 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4327 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4328 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4331 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4334 if (overlay_debugging
4335 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4336 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4337 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4344 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4347 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4350 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4354 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4356 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4357 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4360 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4366 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4370 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4373 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4374 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4378 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4380 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4383 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4393 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4396 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4397 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4399 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4401 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4403 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4406 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4414 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4415 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4417 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4421 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4423 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4424 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4427 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4430 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4431 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4435 /* Check for intersection. */
4436 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4437 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4446 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4450 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4452 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4455 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4459 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4461 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4462 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4463 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4464 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4468 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4469 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4472 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4489 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4490 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4493 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4497 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4502 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4504 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4505 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4506 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4507 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4508 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4510 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4511 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4515 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4525 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4528 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4533 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4535 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4541 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4544 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4546 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4548 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4550 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4552 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4557 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4566 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4567 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4568 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4569 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4571 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4572 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4574 Return 1 otherwise. */
4577 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4582 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4584 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4585 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4586 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4587 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4588 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4590 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4592 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4596 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4599 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4601 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4604 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4607 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4611 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4613 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4615 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4617 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4623 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4626 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4628 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4630 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4632 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4633 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4634 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4635 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4636 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4640 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4643 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4646 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4648 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4651 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4652 or its equivalent. */
4655 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4657 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4660 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4661 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4662 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4663 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4665 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4666 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4667 bpstat of the current thread. */
4670 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4673 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4676 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4678 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4681 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4682 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4684 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4686 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4689 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4690 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4692 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4693 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4694 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4696 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4698 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4699 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4700 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4701 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4702 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4703 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4704 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4705 the tree when we're done. */
4706 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4707 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4708 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4709 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4710 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4712 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4731 if (interpreter_async
)
4732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4761 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4763 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4764 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4765 && target_has_execution
4766 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4767 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4768 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4769 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4770 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4771 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4772 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4775 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4778 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4781 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4784 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4787 struct value_print_options opts
;
4788 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4789 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4793 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4794 debugging multiple threads. */
4797 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4799 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4802 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4804 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4807 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4809 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Thread ");
4810 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4812 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4815 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \"");
4816 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "name", "%s", name
);
4817 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\"");
4820 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hit ");
4824 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4825 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4826 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4827 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4830 static enum print_stop_action
4831 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4833 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4836 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4837 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4841 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4842 relevant messages. */
4843 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4846 case print_it_normal
:
4848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4850 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4851 which has since been deleted. */
4853 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4855 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4856 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4861 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4862 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4867 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4870 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4873 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4875 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4879 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4880 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4881 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4883 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4884 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4885 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4888 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4889 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4890 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4894 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4898 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4899 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4902 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4907 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4908 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4909 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4912 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4917 struct so_list
*iter
;
4919 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4921 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4922 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4925 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4930 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4931 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4932 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4935 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4939 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4940 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4941 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4942 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4943 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4944 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4945 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4948 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4949 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4950 code to print the location. An example is
4951 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4953 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4954 to also print the location part of the message.
4955 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4956 don't require a location appended to the end.
4957 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4958 further info to be printed. */
4960 enum print_stop_action
4961 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4963 enum print_stop_action val
;
4965 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4966 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4967 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4968 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4969 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4971 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4972 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4973 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4974 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4978 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4979 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4980 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4981 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4983 print_solib_event (0);
4984 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4987 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4988 with and nothing was printed. */
4989 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4992 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4993 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4994 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4995 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4996 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4997 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
5000 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
5002 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5003 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5005 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5009 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5012 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5016 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5018 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5019 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5020 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5021 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5022 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5023 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5024 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5026 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5030 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5031 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5034 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5036 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5038 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5040 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5042 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5043 as not triggered. */
5045 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5047 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5049 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5055 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5057 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5058 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5060 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5062 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5064 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5070 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5071 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5075 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5077 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5078 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5080 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5081 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5083 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5085 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5086 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5088 if (newaddr
== start
)
5090 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5094 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5095 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5099 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5108 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5109 because of check_errors). */
5110 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5111 #define WP_DELETED 1
5112 /* The value has changed. */
5113 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5114 /* The value has not changed. */
5115 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5116 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5119 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5120 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5122 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5125 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5126 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5129 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5131 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5132 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5133 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5134 int within_current_scope
;
5136 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5137 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5138 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5140 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5141 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5142 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5143 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5146 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5147 within_current_scope
= 1;
5150 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5151 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5152 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5154 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5155 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5156 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5157 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5158 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5159 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5160 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5161 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5162 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5163 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5166 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5167 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5169 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5170 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5171 if (within_current_scope
)
5173 struct symbol
*function
;
5175 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5176 if (function
== NULL
5177 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5178 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5179 within_current_scope
= 0;
5182 if (within_current_scope
)
5183 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5184 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5189 if (within_current_scope
)
5191 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5192 time before we return to the command level and call
5193 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5194 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5198 struct value
*new_val
;
5200 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5201 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5202 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5203 a mask watchpoint. */
5204 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5206 mark
= value_mark ();
5207 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5209 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5210 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5212 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5213 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5214 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5215 not what we want. */
5216 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5217 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5219 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5221 release_value (new_val
);
5222 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5224 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5227 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5231 /* Nothing changed. */
5232 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5233 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5238 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5240 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5241 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5242 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5243 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5244 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5245 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5246 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5247 the first value assigned). */
5248 /* We print all the stop information in
5249 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5250 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5251 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5253 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5255 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5257 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5259 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5260 which its expression is valid.\n");
5262 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5263 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5264 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5270 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5271 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5272 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5275 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5276 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5277 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5279 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5281 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5282 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5284 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5287 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5288 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5291 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5293 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5294 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5296 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5297 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5298 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5299 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5300 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5303 int must_check_value
= 0;
5305 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5306 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5308 must_check_value
= 1;
5309 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5310 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5311 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5313 must_check_value
= 1;
5314 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5315 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5316 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5317 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5318 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5319 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5320 must_check_value
= 1;
5322 if (must_check_value
)
5325 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5327 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5328 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5330 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5334 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5335 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5339 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5342 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5343 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5345 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5347 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5348 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5349 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5350 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5351 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5352 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5353 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5356 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5357 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5360 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5361 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5362 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5363 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5365 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5366 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5367 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5370 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5371 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5372 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5373 changes. This still gives false positives when
5374 the program writes the same value to memory as
5375 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5376 it for a read), but it's much better than
5379 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5381 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5383 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5386 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5387 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5389 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5390 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5392 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5393 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5395 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5401 if (other_write_watchpoint
5402 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5404 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5405 and the value changed since the last time we
5406 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5408 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5413 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5414 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5415 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5417 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5418 the value hasn't changed. */
5419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5427 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5428 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5429 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5430 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5431 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5435 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5437 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5438 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5439 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5440 anything for this watchpoint. */
5441 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5447 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5448 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5449 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5450 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5453 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5455 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5456 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5457 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5458 struct expression
*cond
;
5460 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5462 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5463 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5464 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5465 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5466 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5468 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5469 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5470 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5472 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5473 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5479 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5480 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5482 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5483 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5490 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5492 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5494 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5496 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5503 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5505 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5506 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5508 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5509 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5510 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5511 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5513 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5515 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5516 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5520 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5521 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5522 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5523 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5524 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5526 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5527 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5530 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5532 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5533 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5534 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5535 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5536 really matter which instantiation of the function
5537 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5538 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5539 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5540 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5541 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5542 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5543 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5544 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5546 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5548 select_frame (frame
);
5550 within_current_scope
= 0;
5552 if (within_current_scope
)
5554 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5555 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5559 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5560 "in the current scope"));
5561 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5562 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5565 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5566 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5569 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5573 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5577 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5579 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5583 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5584 on the current target. */
5587 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5589 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5590 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5591 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5592 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5596 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5597 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5599 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5600 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5603 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5605 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5607 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5608 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5609 several reasons concurrently.)
5611 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5612 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5615 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5616 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5617 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5619 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5620 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5621 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5622 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5623 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5624 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5627 int need_remove_insert
;
5630 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5631 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5632 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5633 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5634 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5635 inferior function calls. */
5639 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5642 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5644 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5645 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5646 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5647 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5648 checked all locations already. */
5649 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5652 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5655 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5658 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5661 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5664 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5665 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5666 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5670 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5671 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5672 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5674 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5676 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5678 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5683 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5684 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5685 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5687 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5689 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5690 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5692 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5693 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5696 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5701 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5702 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5703 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5705 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5707 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5709 handle_solib_event ();
5714 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5715 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5716 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5720 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5725 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5726 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5729 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5734 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5736 /* We will stop here. */
5737 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5739 --(b
->enable_count
);
5740 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5741 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5746 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5747 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5748 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5749 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5752 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5757 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5759 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5760 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5763 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5764 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5765 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5767 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5768 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5769 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5771 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5772 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5774 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5776 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5777 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5780 if (need_remove_insert
)
5781 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5782 else if (removed_any
)
5783 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5789 handle_jit_event (void)
5791 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5792 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5795 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5797 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5798 breakpoint_re_set. */
5799 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5801 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5802 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5804 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5806 target_terminal_inferior ();
5809 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5811 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5814 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5816 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5820 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5821 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5822 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5824 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5826 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5827 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5828 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5831 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5833 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5834 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5838 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5845 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5846 case bp_single_step
:
5849 case bp_shlib_event
:
5853 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5855 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5861 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5862 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5863 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5867 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5869 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5873 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5874 This requires no further action. */
5878 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5883 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5886 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5888 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5889 case bp_exception_resume
:
5892 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5893 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5896 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5898 case bp_step_resume
:
5900 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5903 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5904 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5907 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5912 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5913 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5916 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5917 case bp_thread_event
:
5918 case bp_overlay_event
:
5919 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5920 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5921 case bp_exception_master
:
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5928 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5930 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5934 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5935 This requires no further action. */
5940 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5943 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5944 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5945 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5946 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5948 case bp_std_terminate
:
5949 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5950 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5951 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5952 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5955 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5956 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5957 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5958 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5960 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5961 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5963 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5964 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5965 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5967 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5968 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5969 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5970 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5975 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5977 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5981 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5982 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5985 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5992 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5996 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5998 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6005 handle_jit_event ();
6007 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6008 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6010 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6011 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6017 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6018 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6019 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6022 bpstat_should_step (void)
6024 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6027 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6033 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6035 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6044 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6045 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6046 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6049 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6051 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6052 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6056 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6058 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6060 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6061 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6062 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6067 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6073 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6074 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6076 "host": Host evals condition.
6077 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6078 "target": Target evals condition.
6082 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6084 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6085 char host_evals
= 0;
6086 char target_evals
= 0;
6091 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6094 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6095 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6096 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6098 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6100 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6106 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6107 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6108 else if (target_evals
)
6109 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6111 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6114 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6115 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6118 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6120 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6123 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6124 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6125 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6127 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6128 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6130 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6133 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6136 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6137 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6140 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6142 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6146 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6148 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6149 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6150 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6151 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6154 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6157 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6158 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6159 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6160 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6161 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6164 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6165 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6168 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6169 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6170 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6172 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6176 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6177 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6179 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6181 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6183 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6187 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6188 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6189 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6190 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6191 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6192 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6194 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6195 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6197 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6198 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6202 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6203 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6204 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6206 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6207 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6208 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6209 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6212 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6216 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6218 struct ep_type_description
6223 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6225 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6226 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6227 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6228 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6229 {bp_until
, "until"},
6230 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6231 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6232 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6233 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6234 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6235 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6236 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6237 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6238 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6239 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6240 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6241 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6242 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6243 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6244 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6245 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6246 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6247 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6248 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6249 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6250 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6251 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6252 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6253 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6254 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6255 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6256 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6257 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6258 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6261 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6262 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6263 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6264 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6267 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6270 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6271 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6274 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6275 const char *field_name
,
6279 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6280 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6284 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6285 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6286 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6289 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6291 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6297 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6298 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6303 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6305 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6307 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6311 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6314 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6317 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6318 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6320 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6323 struct command_line
*l
;
6324 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6326 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6327 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6328 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6329 struct value_print_options opts
;
6331 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6333 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6334 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6335 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6338 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6339 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6347 if (part_of_multiple
)
6350 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6351 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6356 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6361 if (part_of_multiple
)
6362 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6364 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6368 if (part_of_multiple
)
6369 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6371 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6376 if (part_of_multiple
)
6377 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6379 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6380 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6381 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6385 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6387 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6388 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6389 make sure there's just one location. */
6390 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6391 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6397 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6398 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6402 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6403 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6404 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6406 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6408 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6409 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6410 is relatively readable). */
6411 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6412 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6414 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6419 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6420 case bp_single_step
:
6424 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6425 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6427 case bp_exception_resume
:
6428 case bp_step_resume
:
6429 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6430 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6432 case bp_std_terminate
:
6433 case bp_shlib_event
:
6434 case bp_thread_event
:
6435 case bp_overlay_event
:
6436 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6437 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6438 case bp_exception_master
:
6440 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6441 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6444 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6445 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6446 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6449 if (header_of_multiple
)
6450 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6451 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6452 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6454 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6455 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6458 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6459 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6466 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6468 struct inferior
*inf
;
6469 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6474 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6475 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6478 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6479 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6481 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6482 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6483 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6484 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6485 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6486 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6488 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6489 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6492 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6494 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6496 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6497 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6499 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6501 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6503 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6504 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6510 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6511 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6513 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6516 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6517 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6519 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6520 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6524 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6527 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6528 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6530 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6531 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6533 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6534 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6535 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6536 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6537 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6539 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6540 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6541 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6542 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6547 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6549 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6550 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6552 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6555 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6557 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6562 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6566 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6567 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6568 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6569 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6570 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6572 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6573 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6574 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6575 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6576 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6578 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6582 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6583 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6584 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6588 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6591 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6592 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6593 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6596 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6597 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6598 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6599 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6602 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6603 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6604 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6605 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6608 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6609 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6610 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6613 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6615 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6617 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6619 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6620 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6621 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6625 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6626 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6628 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6631 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6632 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6633 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6636 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6638 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6640 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6642 annotate_field (10);
6643 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6644 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6645 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6648 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6650 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6652 annotate_field (11);
6654 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6655 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6656 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6660 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6662 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6663 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6670 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6672 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6674 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6676 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6677 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6678 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6679 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6684 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6685 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6688 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6691 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6693 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6694 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6696 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6697 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6698 locations, if any. */
6699 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6701 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6702 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6703 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6706 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6707 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6709 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6710 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6712 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6715 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6717 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6718 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6719 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6720 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6727 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6729 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6730 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6732 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6733 address to print. */
6734 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6737 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6741 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6742 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6743 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6746 return print_address_bits
;
6749 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6755 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6757 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6758 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6759 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6760 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6764 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6766 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6774 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6775 char **error_message
)
6777 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6780 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6782 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6783 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6789 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6790 internal or momentary. */
6793 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6795 return b
->number
> 0;
6798 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6799 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6800 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6801 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6802 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6803 breakpoints listed. */
6806 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6807 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6809 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6810 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6811 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6812 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6813 struct value_print_options opts
;
6814 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6815 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6816 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6818 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6820 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6821 required for address fields. */
6822 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6825 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6826 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6829 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6830 accept. Skip the others. */
6831 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6833 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6835 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6839 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6841 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6843 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6844 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6845 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6847 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6848 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6849 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6851 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6855 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6857 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6858 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6862 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6863 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6866 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6867 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6868 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6870 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6873 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6874 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6880 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6881 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6883 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6885 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6886 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6887 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6889 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6890 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6894 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6895 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6896 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6897 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6902 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6903 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6906 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6907 accept. Skip the others. */
6909 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6911 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6913 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6916 else /* all others */
6918 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6922 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6924 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6925 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6928 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6930 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6932 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6936 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6937 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6939 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6940 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6946 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6947 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6950 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6951 there have been breakpoints? */
6952 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6954 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6957 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6958 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6961 default_collect_info (void)
6963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6965 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6966 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6968 if (!*default_collect
)
6971 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6974 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6975 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6979 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6981 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6983 default_collect_info ();
6987 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6989 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6992 if (num_printed
== 0)
6994 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6995 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6997 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
7002 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7004 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
7006 default_collect_info ();
7010 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7011 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7012 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7014 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7016 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7018 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7019 && bl
->address
== pc
7020 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7026 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7027 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7031 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7032 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7033 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7039 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7040 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7044 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7045 else /* if (others == ???) */
7046 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7048 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7051 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7052 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7053 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7054 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7055 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7056 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7057 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7058 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7062 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7064 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7065 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7066 printf_filtered (".\n");
7071 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7072 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7073 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7074 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7076 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7077 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7078 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7079 breakpoint location at address zero:
7087 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7089 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7091 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7094 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7095 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7098 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7099 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7101 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7102 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7104 /* Both of them must exist. */
7105 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7106 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7108 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7109 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7110 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7111 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7112 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7113 other watchpoint. */
7115 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7117 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7120 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7122 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7126 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7127 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7128 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7129 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7130 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7131 become hw_access locations later. */
7132 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7133 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7134 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7135 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7138 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7141 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7142 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7144 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7145 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7149 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7150 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7151 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7152 space doesn't really matter. */
7155 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7156 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7159 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7160 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7161 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7164 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7165 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7166 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7167 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7170 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7174 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7177 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7178 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7182 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7183 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7184 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7185 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7186 doesn't really matter. */
7189 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7190 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7191 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7193 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7194 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7196 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7198 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7204 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7205 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7206 true, otherwise returns false. */
7209 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7210 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7212 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7213 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7214 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7215 different locations. */
7216 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7221 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7222 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7223 represent the same location. */
7226 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7227 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7229 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7231 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7232 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7233 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7235 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7236 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7238 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7241 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7242 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7243 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7245 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7246 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7247 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7248 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7252 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7253 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7255 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7256 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7260 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7261 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7263 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7264 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7266 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7269 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7270 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7271 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7272 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7275 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7276 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7278 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7280 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7283 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7284 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7285 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7286 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7287 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7289 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7290 have their addresses modified. */
7293 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7295 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7296 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7297 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7298 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7299 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7300 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7305 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7307 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7308 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7309 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7311 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7312 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7314 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7315 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7317 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7322 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7323 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7325 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7327 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7332 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7333 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7336 switch (owner
->type
)
7339 case bp_single_step
:
7343 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7344 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7346 case bp_exception_resume
:
7347 case bp_step_resume
:
7348 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7349 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7351 case bp_std_terminate
:
7352 case bp_shlib_event
:
7353 case bp_thread_event
:
7354 case bp_overlay_event
:
7356 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7357 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7358 case bp_exception_master
:
7359 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7360 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7362 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7363 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7365 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7366 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7367 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7369 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7370 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7371 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7372 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7377 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7378 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7379 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7382 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7388 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7390 static struct bp_location
*
7391 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7393 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7397 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7399 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7403 /* Increment reference count. */
7406 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7411 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7412 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7415 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7417 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7419 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7420 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7424 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7427 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7429 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7431 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7432 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7434 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7436 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7445 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7448 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7449 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7451 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7453 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7455 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7459 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7460 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7461 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7463 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7466 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7468 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7469 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7470 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7471 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7475 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7476 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7478 static struct breakpoint
*
7479 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7481 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7483 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7485 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7486 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7490 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7491 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7495 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7497 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7499 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7500 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7501 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7504 const char *function_name
;
7505 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7507 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7508 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7510 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7512 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7514 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7515 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7516 &loc
->requested_address
))
7518 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7519 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7520 loc
->requested_address
,
7523 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7524 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7526 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7527 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7528 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7529 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7531 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7536 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7540 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7542 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7545 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7547 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7552 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7553 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7554 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7556 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7557 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7558 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7561 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7562 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7563 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7565 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7567 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7569 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7570 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7572 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7573 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7575 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7576 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7579 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7580 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7581 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7582 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7583 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7584 is also returned as the value of this function.
7586 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7587 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7588 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7589 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7590 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7591 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7592 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7595 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7596 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7597 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7599 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7601 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7602 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7606 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7607 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7608 initiated the operation. */
7611 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7613 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7614 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7616 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7617 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7618 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7619 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7621 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7622 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7623 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7625 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7626 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7628 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7629 after their removal. */
7630 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7631 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7632 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7635 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7638 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7640 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7642 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7645 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7647 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7653 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7655 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7658 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7660 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7661 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7665 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7666 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7667 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7671 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7673 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7676 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7678 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7680 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7681 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7683 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7685 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7687 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7690 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7691 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7692 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7693 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7699 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7700 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7703 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7704 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7708 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7710 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7712 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7713 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7715 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7717 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7718 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7719 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7720 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7723 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7725 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7727 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7728 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7729 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7731 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7736 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7738 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7741 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7743 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7744 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7745 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7750 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7752 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7755 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7757 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7758 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7759 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7763 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7764 master breakpoint. */
7766 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7768 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7770 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7771 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7772 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7774 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7775 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7779 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7781 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7783 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7786 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7787 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7791 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7793 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7795 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7796 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7798 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7799 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7800 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
7802 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7807 struct lang_and_radix
7813 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7816 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7818 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7820 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7821 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7822 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7826 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7829 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7831 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7834 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7835 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7836 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7840 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7842 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7845 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7846 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7847 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7850 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7853 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7855 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7857 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7858 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7859 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7860 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7863 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7864 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7865 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7867 static struct breakpoint
*
7868 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7869 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7871 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7873 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7874 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7875 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7880 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7882 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7885 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7888 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7890 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7892 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7894 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7895 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7897 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7903 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7904 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7907 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7909 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7911 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7913 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7914 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7916 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7917 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7918 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7919 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7920 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7921 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7922 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7923 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7924 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7925 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7926 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7927 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7930 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7935 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7936 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7937 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7940 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7942 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7943 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7945 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7946 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7947 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7948 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7949 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7950 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7953 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7955 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7956 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7958 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7959 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7960 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7961 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7962 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7963 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7964 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7965 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7966 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7968 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7969 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7970 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7971 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7974 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7975 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7977 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7979 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7980 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7981 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7984 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7989 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7990 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7991 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7994 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7996 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7998 if (objfile
== NULL
)
8001 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
8002 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
8003 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
8004 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
8005 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
8006 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
8007 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8008 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8009 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8010 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8012 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
8013 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8018 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8019 int bp_modified
= 0;
8021 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8024 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8026 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8028 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8029 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8032 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8035 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8038 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8039 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8042 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8044 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8045 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8046 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8047 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8048 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8051 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8058 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8062 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8064 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8065 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8066 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8067 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8068 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8070 struct fork_catchpoint
8072 /* The base class. */
8073 struct breakpoint base
;
8075 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8076 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8077 catchpoint has triggered. */
8078 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8081 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8085 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8087 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8090 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8094 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8096 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8099 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8103 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8104 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8105 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8107 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8109 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8112 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8116 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8119 static enum print_stop_action
8120 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8122 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8123 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8124 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8126 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8127 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8128 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8129 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8132 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8134 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8135 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8136 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8138 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8139 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8140 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8141 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8142 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8145 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8149 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8151 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8152 struct value_print_options opts
;
8153 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8155 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8157 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8158 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8160 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8161 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8163 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8164 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8166 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8167 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8168 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8169 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8172 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8173 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8176 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8180 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8182 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8185 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8189 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8191 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8192 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8195 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8197 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8199 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8203 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8205 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8208 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8212 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8214 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8217 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8221 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8222 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8223 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8225 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8227 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8230 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8234 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8237 static enum print_stop_action
8238 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8240 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8241 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8242 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8244 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8245 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8246 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8253 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8256 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8257 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8258 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8260 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8263 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8267 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8269 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8270 struct value_print_options opts
;
8271 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8273 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8274 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8275 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8277 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8278 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8281 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8283 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8284 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8285 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8286 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8289 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8290 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8293 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8297 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8299 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8302 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8306 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8309 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8312 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8314 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8316 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8317 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8318 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8319 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8320 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8322 struct solib_catchpoint
8324 /* The base class. */
8325 struct breakpoint base
;
8327 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8328 unsigned char is_load
;
8330 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8331 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8337 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8339 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8342 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8343 xfree (self
->regex
);
8345 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8349 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8355 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8361 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8362 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8364 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8366 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8367 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8369 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8372 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8374 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8376 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8379 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8382 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8385 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8387 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8396 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8398 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8399 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8404 struct so_list
*iter
;
8407 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8412 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8421 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8426 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8432 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8435 static enum print_stop_action
8436 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8438 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8439 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8441 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8442 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8443 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8444 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8446 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8447 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8448 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8449 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8450 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8451 print_solib_event (1);
8452 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8456 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8458 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8459 struct value_print_options opts
;
8460 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8463 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8464 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8465 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8467 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8470 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8477 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8479 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8484 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8486 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8488 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8491 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8492 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8493 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8497 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8499 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8501 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8502 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8506 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8508 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8511 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8512 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8518 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8520 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8521 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8522 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8523 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8524 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8525 created in an enabled state. */
8528 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8530 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8532 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8536 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8538 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8539 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8545 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8548 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8550 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8551 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8553 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8556 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8557 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8558 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8560 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8562 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8563 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8566 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8570 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8571 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8574 const int enabled
= 1;
8576 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8578 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8582 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8583 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8585 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8589 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8590 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8592 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8595 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8596 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8597 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8598 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8601 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8602 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8604 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8606 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8609 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8611 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8613 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8614 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8618 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8620 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8621 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8622 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8623 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8626 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8629 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8633 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8634 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8635 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8637 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8639 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8641 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8643 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8646 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8648 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8649 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8650 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8651 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8652 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8654 struct exec_catchpoint
8656 /* The base class. */
8657 struct breakpoint base
;
8659 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8660 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8662 char *exec_pathname
;
8665 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8669 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8671 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8673 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8675 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8679 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8681 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8685 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8687 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8691 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8692 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8693 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8695 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8697 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8700 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8704 static enum print_stop_action
8705 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8707 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8708 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8709 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8711 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8712 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8713 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8717 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8719 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8720 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8721 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8723 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8724 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8725 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8726 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8728 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8732 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8734 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8735 struct value_print_options opts
;
8736 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8738 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8740 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8741 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8742 is relatively readable). */
8743 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8744 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8746 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8747 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8749 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8750 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8751 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8754 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8755 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8759 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8761 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8764 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8768 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8771 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8774 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8777 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8780 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8781 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8785 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8786 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8788 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8790 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8797 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8801 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8804 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8806 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8809 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8811 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8813 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8819 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8820 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8821 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8822 types _not_ TYPE. */
8825 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8826 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8831 *other_type_used
= 0;
8836 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8839 if (b
->type
== type
)
8840 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8841 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8842 *other_type_used
= 1;
8849 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8851 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8855 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8857 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8858 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8864 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8866 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8870 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8872 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8873 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8879 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8881 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8882 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8886 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8888 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8889 breakpoint_re_set ();
8892 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8895 static struct breakpoint
*
8896 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8898 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8900 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8901 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8903 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8904 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8907 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8909 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8914 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8915 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8919 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8920 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8922 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8924 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8926 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8928 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8929 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8930 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8931 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8933 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8934 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8936 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8937 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8939 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8944 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8945 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8946 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8948 static struct breakpoint
*
8949 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8951 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8954 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8956 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8957 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8958 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8960 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8961 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8962 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8963 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8964 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8965 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8966 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8967 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8968 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8969 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8970 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8971 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8973 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8974 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8975 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8977 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8981 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8985 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8987 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8991 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8995 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8998 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9000 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9002 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9003 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9005 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9009 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9012 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9014 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9017 printf_filtered ("\n");
9021 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9023 static struct bp_location
*
9024 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9025 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9027 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9028 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9029 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9031 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9032 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9034 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9035 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9036 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9037 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9038 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9039 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9040 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9043 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9044 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9045 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9046 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9051 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9052 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9053 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9054 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9055 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9056 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9057 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9058 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9059 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9060 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9062 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9063 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9065 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9066 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9067 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9068 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9069 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9070 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9071 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9072 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9073 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9074 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9075 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9076 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9078 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9085 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9088 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9092 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9093 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9094 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9098 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9100 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9104 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9106 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9107 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9108 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9109 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9111 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9112 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9115 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9120 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9121 return 0 otherwise. */
9124 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9126 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9129 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9131 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9132 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9133 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9135 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9138 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9139 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9141 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9143 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9148 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9149 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9152 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9154 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9155 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9160 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9162 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9164 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9166 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9168 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9169 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9171 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9172 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9173 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9175 if (!dprintf_function
)
9176 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9178 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9179 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9184 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9188 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9190 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9191 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9194 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9195 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9199 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9200 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9202 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9203 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9205 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9207 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9208 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9209 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9210 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9211 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9213 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9217 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9218 current style settings. */
9221 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9222 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9224 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9228 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9229 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9233 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9234 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9235 as condition expression. */
9238 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9239 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9240 struct event_location
*location
,
9241 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9243 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9244 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9245 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9246 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9247 int display_canonical
)
9251 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9253 int target_resources_ok
;
9255 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9256 target_resources_ok
=
9257 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9259 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9260 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9261 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9262 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9265 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9267 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9269 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9270 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9274 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9276 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9278 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9279 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9284 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9288 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9289 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9290 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9291 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9292 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9294 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9295 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9297 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9299 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9300 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9302 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9304 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9305 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9306 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9310 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9312 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9314 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9315 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9317 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9319 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9321 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9323 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9324 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9326 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9328 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9331 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9332 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9339 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9340 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9346 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9348 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9349 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9351 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9354 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9355 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9356 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9358 if (b
->extra_string
)
9359 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9361 error (_("Format string required"));
9363 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9364 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9367 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9368 if (location
!= NULL
)
9369 b
->location
= location
;
9371 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
9376 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9377 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9378 struct event_location
*location
,
9379 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9381 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9382 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9383 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9384 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9385 int display_canonical
)
9387 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9388 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9390 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9392 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9394 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9398 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9400 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9402 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9404 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9406 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9408 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9410 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9412 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9415 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9416 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9417 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9418 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9419 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9420 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9421 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9422 we take just a single condition string.
9424 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9425 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9426 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9427 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9428 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9431 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9432 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9433 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9434 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9435 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9436 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9437 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9440 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9442 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9443 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9445 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9447 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9448 'break', without arguments. */
9449 struct event_location
*location
9450 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9451 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9452 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9453 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9455 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9456 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9459 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9461 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9462 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9463 canonical
->special_display
);
9464 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9468 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9469 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9470 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9471 linespec locations).
9473 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9474 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9477 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9478 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9480 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9482 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9484 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9486 if (address
== NULL
)
9488 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9489 breakpoint address. */
9490 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9492 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9493 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9496 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9497 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9499 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9500 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9501 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9502 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9503 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9504 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9506 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9508 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9509 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9510 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9511 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9512 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9514 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9516 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9517 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9518 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9520 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9524 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9528 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9529 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9530 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9531 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9533 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9534 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9535 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9536 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9538 const char *address
= NULL
;
9540 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9541 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9545 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9546 && address
[1] != '['))
9548 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9549 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9550 get_last_displayed_line (),
9551 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9556 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9557 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9561 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9562 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9565 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9569 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9570 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9573 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9574 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9575 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9576 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9577 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9581 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9582 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9585 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9587 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9589 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9591 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9593 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9595 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9596 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9597 associated with SAL. */
9600 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9601 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9604 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9605 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9607 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9611 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9612 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9613 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9614 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9615 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9616 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9619 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9620 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9623 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9630 const char *end_tok
;
9632 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9633 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9635 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9637 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9639 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9643 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9645 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9647 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9649 struct expression
*expr
;
9651 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9652 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9655 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9657 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9660 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9663 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9665 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9666 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9669 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9674 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9676 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9677 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9678 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9683 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9687 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9691 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9693 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9694 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9696 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9697 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9698 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9699 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9704 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9706 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9708 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9709 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9711 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9712 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9713 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9715 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9716 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9718 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9720 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9722 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9724 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9726 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9727 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9729 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9732 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9738 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9741 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9742 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9743 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9745 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9747 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9748 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9749 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9752 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9753 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9754 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9757 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9759 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9761 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9762 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9763 extra_string
= NULL
;
9765 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9769 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9771 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9773 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9775 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9777 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9780 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9781 throw_exception (e
);
9783 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9785 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9786 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9787 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9788 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9789 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9792 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9793 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9794 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9795 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9799 throw_exception (e
);
9803 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9806 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9807 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9809 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9810 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9811 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9812 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9813 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9815 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9816 are ok for the target. */
9820 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9822 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9823 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9826 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9827 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9830 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9832 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9833 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9836 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9837 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9844 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9846 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9848 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9849 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9850 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9851 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9853 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9854 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9856 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9858 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9860 extra_string
= rest
;
9862 extra_string
= NULL
;
9866 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9867 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9868 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9870 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9873 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9874 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9876 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9879 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9880 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9884 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9885 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9886 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9887 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9888 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9892 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9894 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9896 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9898 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9902 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9904 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9905 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9908 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9911 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9914 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9915 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9917 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9921 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9922 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9924 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9925 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9927 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9928 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9929 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9930 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9931 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9932 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9933 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9934 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9936 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9939 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9941 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9942 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9943 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9946 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9948 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9949 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9950 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9952 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9953 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9958 /* Set a breakpoint.
9959 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9960 condition, and thread.
9961 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9962 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9966 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9968 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9969 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9970 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9972 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9973 struct event_location
*location
;
9974 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9976 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9977 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9979 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9980 if (location
!= NULL
9981 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9982 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9984 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9986 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9988 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9989 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9990 0 /* Ignore count */,
9991 pending_break_support
,
9997 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10000 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10003 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10007 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10009 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10010 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10011 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10014 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10015 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10016 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10017 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10020 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10022 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10023 const struct block
*b
;
10024 struct symbol
*sym
;
10026 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10027 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10030 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10033 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10034 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10039 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10040 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10041 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10042 happen in assembly source). */
10044 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10045 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10047 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10049 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10051 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10053 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10060 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10062 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10066 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10068 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10072 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10074 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10078 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10080 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10084 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10086 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10087 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10088 stop at <line>\n"));
10092 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10096 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10098 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10100 char *argptr
= arg
;
10103 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10104 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10105 function/method name. */
10106 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10108 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10113 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10115 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10119 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10121 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10125 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10129 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10133 char *argptr
= arg
;
10136 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10137 it is probably a line number. */
10138 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10140 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10145 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10147 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10151 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10153 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10156 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10157 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10158 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10162 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10164 struct event_location
*location
;
10165 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10167 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10168 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10170 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10171 the next character must be ','. */
10174 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10175 error (_("Format string required"));
10178 /* Skip the comma. */
10183 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10185 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10187 0 /* Ignore count */,
10188 pending_break_support
,
10189 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10194 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10198 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10200 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10203 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10204 ranged breakpoints. */
10207 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10208 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10210 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10212 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10213 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10216 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10217 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10220 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10221 ranged breakpoints. */
10224 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10226 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10229 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10230 ranged breakpoints. */
10232 static enum print_stop_action
10233 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10235 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10236 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10237 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10239 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10241 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10242 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10244 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10246 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10248 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10252 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10255 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10256 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10258 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10259 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10261 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10264 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10265 ranged breakpoints. */
10268 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10269 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10271 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10272 struct value_print_options opts
;
10273 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10275 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10276 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10278 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10280 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10281 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10282 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10283 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10284 annotate_field (5);
10285 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10289 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10290 ranged breakpoints. */
10293 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10294 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10296 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10297 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10298 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10299 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10303 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10304 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10306 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10307 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10308 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10309 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10310 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10311 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10313 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10316 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10317 ranged breakpoints. */
10320 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10322 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10326 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10328 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10331 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10332 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10333 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10336 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10337 ranged breakpoints. */
10340 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10342 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10343 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10344 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10345 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10348 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10350 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10352 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10353 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10354 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10355 last instruction of the given line. */
10358 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10362 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10363 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10364 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10371 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10373 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10375 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10382 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10385 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10387 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10388 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10389 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10391 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10392 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10393 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10394 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10395 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10397 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10398 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10399 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10401 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10402 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10403 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10405 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10406 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10408 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10409 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10410 error(_("No address range specified."));
10412 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10415 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10416 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10417 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10418 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10421 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10422 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10423 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10425 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10427 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10428 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10429 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10431 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10432 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10433 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10435 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10436 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10438 /* Parse the end location. */
10440 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10443 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10444 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10445 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10446 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10447 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10448 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10449 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10450 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10451 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10452 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10454 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10456 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10457 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10459 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10460 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10461 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10462 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10464 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10466 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10467 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10468 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10470 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10472 /* Length overflowed. */
10473 error (_("Address range too large."));
10474 else if (length
== 1)
10476 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10477 the `hbreak' command. */
10478 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10480 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10485 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10486 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10487 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10488 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10489 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10490 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10491 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10492 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10493 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10495 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10498 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10499 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10502 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10503 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10504 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10508 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10510 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10516 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10517 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10520 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10530 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10531 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10532 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10533 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10534 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10536 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10563 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10566 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10567 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10572 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10573 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10574 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10575 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10576 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10577 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10578 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10580 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10581 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10586 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10588 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10589 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10590 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10591 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10593 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10594 are always constant. */
10596 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10598 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10599 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10600 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10605 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10606 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10607 then it is not a constant. */
10616 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10619 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10621 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10623 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10625 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10626 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10627 value_free (w
->val
);
10629 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10632 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10635 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10637 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10639 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10640 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10642 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10643 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10644 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10645 are loaded and unloaded.
10647 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10648 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10649 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10650 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10651 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10652 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10654 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10655 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10656 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10657 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10659 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10660 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10662 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10663 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10664 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10667 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10670 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10672 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10673 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10675 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10679 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10682 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10684 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10685 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10687 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10692 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10693 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10694 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10696 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10697 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10699 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10700 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10701 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10702 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10703 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10704 (did not match the data address). */
10705 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10706 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10713 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10715 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10717 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10720 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10721 hardware watchpoints. */
10724 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10727 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10729 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10732 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10733 hardware watchpoints. */
10736 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10738 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10739 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10742 static enum print_stop_action
10743 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10745 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10746 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10747 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10748 enum print_stop_action result
;
10749 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10750 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10752 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10754 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10755 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10757 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10758 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10760 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10761 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10765 case bp_watchpoint
:
10766 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10767 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10768 ui_out_field_string
10770 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10772 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10773 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10774 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10775 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10777 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10778 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10780 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10781 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10784 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10785 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10786 ui_out_field_string
10788 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10790 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10791 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10792 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10793 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10794 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10795 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10798 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10799 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10801 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10802 ui_out_field_string
10804 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10806 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10807 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10808 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10809 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10810 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10816 ui_out_field_string
10818 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10819 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10820 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10822 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10823 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10824 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10825 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10828 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10831 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10835 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10839 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10841 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10842 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10843 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10847 case bp_watchpoint
:
10848 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10849 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10851 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10852 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10853 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10855 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10856 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10857 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10859 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10860 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10861 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10864 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10865 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10868 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10869 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10870 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10871 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10874 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10878 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10880 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10884 case bp_watchpoint
:
10885 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10888 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10889 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10891 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10895 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10896 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10899 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10900 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10903 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10907 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10909 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10910 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10911 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10917 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10919 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10921 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10922 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10925 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10927 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10929 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10930 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10933 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10934 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10937 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10939 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10941 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10942 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10945 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10946 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10949 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10951 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10953 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10956 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10957 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10960 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10965 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10966 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10968 static enum print_stop_action
10969 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10971 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10972 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10974 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10975 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10977 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10978 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10982 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10984 ui_out_field_string
10986 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10989 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10990 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10991 ui_out_field_string
10993 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10996 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10998 ui_out_field_string
11000 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11003 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11004 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11008 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11009 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11010 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11011 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11013 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11014 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11017 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11018 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11021 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11022 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11024 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11026 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11027 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11029 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11030 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11031 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11034 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11035 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11038 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11040 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11041 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11042 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11046 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11047 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11048 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11050 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11051 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11052 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11054 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11055 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11056 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11059 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11060 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11063 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11064 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11065 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11066 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11069 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11070 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11073 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11075 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11080 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11081 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11083 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11086 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11090 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11091 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11094 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11096 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11101 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11103 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11106 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11108 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11111 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11112 hw_read: watch read,
11113 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11115 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11116 int just_location
, int internal
)
11118 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11119 struct expression
*exp
;
11120 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11121 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11122 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11123 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11124 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11125 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11126 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11128 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11129 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11130 enum bptype bp_type
;
11133 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11134 the hardware watchpoint. */
11136 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11137 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11139 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11141 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11142 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11144 const char *value_start
;
11146 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11148 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11149 of the arguments string. */
11150 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11152 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11153 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11156 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11157 This is the value of the parameter. */
11158 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11160 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11162 /* Skip whitespace. */
11163 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11168 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11169 This is the parameter itself. */
11170 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11173 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11175 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11177 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11178 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11179 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11180 only in a specific thread. */
11184 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11186 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11187 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11189 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11190 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11191 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11193 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11195 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11197 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11198 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11200 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11203 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11205 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11207 mark
= value_mark ();
11208 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11209 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11210 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11213 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11216 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11217 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11224 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11225 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11227 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11228 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11229 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11230 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11231 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11233 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11234 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11236 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11239 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11240 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11244 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11245 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11247 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11250 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11251 mark
= value_mark ();
11252 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11254 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11256 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11257 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11264 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11265 val
= value_addr (result
);
11266 release_value (val
);
11267 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11271 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11274 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11275 else if (ret
== -2)
11276 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11279 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11280 release_value (val
);
11282 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11283 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11285 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11286 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11288 struct expression
*cond
;
11290 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11291 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11292 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11294 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11295 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11296 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11302 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11304 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11306 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11307 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11308 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11309 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11310 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11312 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11315 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11316 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11317 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11318 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11320 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11322 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11323 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11325 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11326 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11328 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11329 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11330 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11331 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11332 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11333 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11334 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11335 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11336 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11340 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11341 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11342 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11343 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11345 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11346 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11347 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11348 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11350 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11352 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11355 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11356 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11358 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11359 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11360 b
->thread
= thread
;
11361 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11362 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11364 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11365 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11368 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11369 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11372 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11373 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11375 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11376 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11379 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11380 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11382 /* The above expression is in C. */
11383 b
->language
= language_c
;
11386 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11390 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11395 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11396 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11401 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11403 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11407 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11408 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11412 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11413 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11416 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11418 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11419 need to act on them together. */
11420 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11421 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11424 if (!just_location
)
11425 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11429 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11430 that should be inserted. */
11431 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11433 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11435 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11436 throw_exception (e
);
11440 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11441 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11444 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11445 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11448 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11450 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11451 struct value
*head
= v
;
11453 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11454 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11457 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11458 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11459 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11460 hardware watchpoint.
11462 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11463 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11464 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11465 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11466 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11467 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11468 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11469 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11470 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11472 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11473 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11474 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11475 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11476 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11478 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11480 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11481 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11482 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11483 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11484 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11485 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11489 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11490 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11491 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11493 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11494 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11495 middle of some value chain. */
11497 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11498 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11500 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11504 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11505 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11506 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11508 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11512 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11516 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11517 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11518 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11519 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11520 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11523 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11524 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11525 return found_memory_cnt
;
11529 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11531 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11534 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11535 calls watch_command_1. */
11538 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11540 int just_location
= 0;
11543 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11544 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11546 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11550 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11554 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11556 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11560 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11562 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11566 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11568 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11572 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11574 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11578 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11580 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11584 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11585 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11588 struct until_break_fsm
11590 /* The base class. */
11591 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11593 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11596 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11597 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11599 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11601 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11604 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11605 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11606 static enum async_reply_reason
11607 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11609 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11611 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11614 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11615 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11616 NULL
, /* return_value */
11617 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11620 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11622 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11623 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11624 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11625 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11627 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11629 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11630 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11632 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11633 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11634 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11639 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11640 until(location)/advance commands. */
11643 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11645 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11646 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11648 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11649 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11650 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11651 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11652 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11653 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11658 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11659 until(location)/advance commands. */
11662 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11664 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11666 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11667 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11669 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11670 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11672 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11674 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11675 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11677 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11680 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11681 until(location)/advance commands. */
11683 static enum async_reply_reason
11684 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11686 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11690 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11692 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11693 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11694 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11695 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11696 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11697 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11698 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11699 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11700 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11702 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11703 struct event_location
*location
;
11704 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11706 clear_proceed_status (0);
11708 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11711 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11712 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11714 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11715 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11716 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11717 get_last_displayed_line ());
11719 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11720 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11722 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11723 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11725 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11726 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11729 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11731 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11733 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11734 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11736 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11738 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11739 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11740 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11743 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11744 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11745 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11746 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11748 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11751 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11753 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11754 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11756 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11757 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11758 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11759 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11763 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11765 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11766 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11769 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11773 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11774 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11775 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11776 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11778 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11779 only at the very same frame. */
11780 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11781 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11782 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11784 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->global_num
,
11785 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11786 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11788 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11790 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11792 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11795 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11796 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11798 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11799 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11800 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11801 if clause in the arg string. */
11804 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11808 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11811 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11814 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11815 condition string. */
11816 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11817 cond_string
= *arg
;
11819 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11821 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11823 return cond_string
;
11826 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11827 process start/exit, etc. */
11831 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11832 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11837 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11838 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11840 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11841 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11842 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11845 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11846 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11847 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11851 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11853 /* The allowed syntax is:
11855 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11857 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11858 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11860 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11861 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11863 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11864 and enable reporting of such events. */
11867 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11868 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11869 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11870 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11872 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11873 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11874 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11875 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11878 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11884 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11885 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11887 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11888 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11890 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11892 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11896 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11898 /* The allowed syntax is:
11900 catch exec if <cond>
11902 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11903 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11905 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11906 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11908 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11909 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11910 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11911 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11913 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11917 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11918 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11919 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11921 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11928 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11930 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11932 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11933 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11934 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11935 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11936 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11937 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11938 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11939 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11940 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11941 enough for now, though. */
11944 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11946 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11947 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11948 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11949 language_def (language_ada
));
11950 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11954 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11956 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11961 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11963 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11966 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11969 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11971 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11972 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11973 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11974 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11976 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11978 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11981 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11985 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11988 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11991 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11993 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11994 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11997 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11998 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12000 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12004 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12005 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12006 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12007 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12012 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
12013 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12014 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12016 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12017 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12018 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12019 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12020 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12021 error (_("No source file specified."));
12023 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12029 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12030 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12031 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12032 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12034 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12035 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12036 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12037 due to optimization, all in one block.
12039 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12040 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12041 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12042 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12043 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12044 to support that. */
12046 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12047 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12048 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12052 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12053 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12055 const char *sal_fullname
;
12057 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12058 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12059 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12062 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12067 1 0 <can't happen> */
12069 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12070 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12071 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12073 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12074 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12077 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12078 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12080 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12081 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12083 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12084 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12085 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12087 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12088 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12089 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12090 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12091 int line_match
= 0;
12093 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12094 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12095 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12096 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12097 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12098 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12099 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12102 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12111 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12115 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12116 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12119 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12121 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12124 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12125 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12126 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12127 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12128 compare_breakpoints
);
12129 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12130 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12134 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12139 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12140 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12143 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12144 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12146 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12149 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12152 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12153 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12156 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12158 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12161 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12162 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12163 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12166 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12168 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12170 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12171 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12172 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12174 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12176 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12178 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12179 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12183 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12184 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12185 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12186 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12187 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12188 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12191 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12193 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12194 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12196 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12197 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12199 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12200 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12203 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12204 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12205 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12207 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12208 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12209 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12211 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12212 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12213 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12215 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12216 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12217 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12219 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12222 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12223 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12224 content of the bp_location array. */
12227 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12229 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12231 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12232 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12234 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12236 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12238 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12241 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12242 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12244 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12245 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12246 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12247 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12249 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12251 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12252 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12253 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12254 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12258 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12261 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12264 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12265 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12267 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12269 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12271 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12272 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12273 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12275 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12276 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12277 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12280 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12282 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12283 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12285 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12288 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12291 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12293 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12294 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12295 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12296 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12299 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12301 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12304 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12306 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12307 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12308 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12309 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12312 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12315 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12318 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12320 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12321 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12322 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12323 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12325 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12326 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12327 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12328 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12329 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12331 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12332 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12333 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12334 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12335 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12336 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12337 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12338 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12341 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12342 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12343 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12347 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12349 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12350 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12351 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12354 address
= bl
->address
;
12355 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12357 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12358 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12359 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12361 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12362 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12365 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12366 the same program space as the location
12367 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12368 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12369 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12373 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12374 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12377 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12378 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12379 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12380 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12381 that have already been marked. */
12382 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12384 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12386 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12388 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12389 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12393 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12394 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12395 locations are duplicate of which.
12397 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12398 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12402 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12404 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12405 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12406 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12407 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12408 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12409 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12410 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12412 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12413 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12414 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12415 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12416 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12418 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12419 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12420 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12421 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12423 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12424 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12425 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12426 unsigned old_location_count
;
12428 old_location
= bp_location
;
12429 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12430 bp_location
= NULL
;
12431 bp_location_count
= 0;
12432 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12435 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12436 bp_location_count
++;
12438 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12439 locp
= bp_location
;
12440 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12441 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12443 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12444 bp_location_compare
);
12446 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12448 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12449 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12450 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12451 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12452 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12455 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12456 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12458 locp
= bp_location
;
12459 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12462 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12463 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12465 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12466 not, we have to free it. */
12467 int found_object
= 0;
12468 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12469 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12472 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12473 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12474 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12475 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12479 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12480 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12483 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12484 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12485 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12487 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12488 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12489 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12491 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12492 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12495 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12499 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12500 have to go through updates again. */
12501 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12503 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12505 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12507 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12508 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12509 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12510 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12511 at certain location is not inserted. */
12513 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12515 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12518 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12520 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12521 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12522 keep_in_target
= 1;
12526 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12527 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12528 remove its target-side condition. */
12530 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12531 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12532 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12533 this one from the target. */
12535 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12536 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12539 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12540 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12543 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12545 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12547 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12548 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12549 supported, but the latter are. */
12550 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12552 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12553 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12556 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12557 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12559 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12560 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12562 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12563 keep_in_target
= 1;
12571 if (!keep_in_target
)
12573 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12575 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12576 this location on the global list, and try to
12577 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12578 reason why we will succeed next time.
12580 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12581 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12582 only after calling us. */
12583 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12584 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12585 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12593 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12594 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12596 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12597 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12598 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12599 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12600 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12601 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12602 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12603 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12604 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12605 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12606 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12607 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12608 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12609 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12612 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12613 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12615 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12616 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12617 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12618 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12619 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12620 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12621 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12622 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12623 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12624 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12625 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12626 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12627 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12630 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12631 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12632 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12633 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12635 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12636 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12637 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12638 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12639 traps we can no longer explain. */
12641 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12642 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12644 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12648 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12649 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12654 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12655 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12656 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12657 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12658 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12659 are sorted first for the same address.
12661 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12662 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12664 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12665 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12666 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12667 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12668 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12670 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12672 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12675 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12676 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12677 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12678 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12679 `struct bp_location'. */
12680 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12682 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12683 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12687 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12688 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12689 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12690 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12691 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12692 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12694 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12696 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12697 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12698 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12700 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12701 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12703 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12705 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12706 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12707 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12713 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12714 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12715 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12717 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12718 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12720 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12721 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12724 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12726 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12727 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12730 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12731 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12732 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12733 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12734 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12736 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12740 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12741 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12743 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12747 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12749 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12752 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12753 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12755 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12756 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12762 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12767 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12769 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12775 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12778 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12782 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12783 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12785 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12786 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12787 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12791 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12793 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12795 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12797 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12801 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12805 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12807 struct value_print_options opts
;
12809 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12811 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12813 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12815 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12816 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12817 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12818 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12820 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12821 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12823 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12825 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12826 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12831 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12832 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12838 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12840 printf_filtered (" at ");
12841 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12844 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12846 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12848 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12849 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12850 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12851 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12853 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12854 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12855 real situation somewhat. */
12856 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12857 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12862 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12864 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12866 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12871 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12874 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12876 xfree (self
->cond
);
12877 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12878 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12879 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12881 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12882 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12885 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12890 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12894 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12896 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12897 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12898 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12899 xfree (self
->filter
);
12900 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12901 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12904 static struct bp_location
*
12905 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12907 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12909 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12910 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12915 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12917 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12920 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12921 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12924 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12926 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12930 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12932 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12936 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12937 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12939 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12941 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12945 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12950 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12954 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12956 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12959 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12963 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12965 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12968 static enum print_stop_action
12969 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12971 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12975 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12976 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12982 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12984 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12988 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12990 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12994 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12995 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12996 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12997 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12999 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13003 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13004 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13006 char *extra_string
,
13007 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13008 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13010 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13011 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13012 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13013 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13015 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13019 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13020 const struct event_location
*location
,
13021 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13023 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13026 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13029 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13034 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13037 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13039 /* Nothing to do. */
13042 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13044 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13045 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13046 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13047 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13048 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13049 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13050 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13051 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13052 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13053 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13055 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13056 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13057 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13058 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13059 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13060 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13061 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13062 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13065 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13068 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13070 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13071 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13073 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13074 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13078 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13082 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13084 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13085 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13087 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13091 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13093 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13094 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13096 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13100 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13101 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13102 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13104 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13105 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13108 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13112 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13113 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13114 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13121 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13122 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13123 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13125 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13126 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13128 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13129 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13130 be set at the same address. */
13134 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13138 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13140 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13145 static enum print_stop_action
13146 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13148 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13149 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13151 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13153 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13155 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13156 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13158 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13159 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13160 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13163 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13164 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13167 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13169 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Breakpoint ");
13170 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13172 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13173 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13174 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13176 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13177 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13179 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13183 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13185 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13190 case bp_breakpoint
:
13191 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13192 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13193 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13195 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13196 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13197 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13198 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13200 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13201 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13204 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13212 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13214 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13215 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13216 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13217 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13218 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13219 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13220 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13221 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13222 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13224 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13225 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13228 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13230 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13231 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13232 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13233 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13235 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13239 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13240 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13241 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13243 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13247 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13248 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13250 char *extra_string
,
13251 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13252 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13254 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13255 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13256 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13257 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13259 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13260 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13262 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13263 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13264 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13268 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13269 const struct event_location
*location
,
13270 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13272 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13275 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13278 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13282 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13283 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13284 case bp_overlay_event
:
13285 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13286 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13287 case bp_exception_master
:
13288 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13291 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13292 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13293 case bp_shlib_event
:
13295 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13296 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13297 case bp_thread_event
:
13303 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13305 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13307 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13308 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13309 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13310 objects (among other things). */
13311 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13312 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13318 static enum print_stop_action
13319 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13321 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13323 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13327 case bp_shlib_event
:
13328 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13329 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13330 to shlib event" message.) */
13331 print_solib_event (0);
13334 case bp_thread_event
:
13335 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13336 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13337 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13340 case bp_overlay_event
:
13341 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13342 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13345 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13346 /* These should never be enabled. */
13347 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13350 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13351 /* These should never be enabled. */
13352 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13353 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13356 case bp_exception_master
:
13357 /* These should never be enabled. */
13358 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13359 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13363 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13367 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13369 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13372 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13375 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13377 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13378 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13379 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13380 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13384 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13386 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13389 static enum print_stop_action
13390 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13392 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13396 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13398 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13401 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13403 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13404 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13407 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13409 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13412 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13414 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13417 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13420 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13422 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13426 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13428 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13429 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13438 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13440 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13441 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13442 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13446 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13450 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13451 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13452 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13454 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13456 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13457 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13458 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13462 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13463 const struct event_location
*location
,
13464 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13466 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13468 error (_("probe not found"));
13471 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13474 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13476 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13480 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13481 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13482 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13484 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13490 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13491 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13493 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13494 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13496 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13499 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13500 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13501 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13506 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13508 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13513 case bp_tracepoint
:
13514 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13515 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13517 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13518 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13519 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13521 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13522 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13523 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13526 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13527 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13534 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13536 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13538 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13540 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13541 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13542 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13543 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13545 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13546 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13549 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13550 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13552 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13553 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13557 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13558 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13561 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13565 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13566 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13568 char *extra_string
,
13569 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13570 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13572 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13573 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13574 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13575 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13577 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13578 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13580 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13581 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13582 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13586 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13587 const struct event_location
*location
,
13588 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13590 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13593 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13595 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13599 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13600 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13601 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13602 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13604 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13605 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13609 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13610 const struct event_location
*location
,
13611 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13613 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13614 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13617 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13619 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13622 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13624 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13626 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13627 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13629 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13630 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13631 3 - disconnect from target 1
13632 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13634 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13635 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13636 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13637 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13638 it all the time. */
13639 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13640 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13643 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13646 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13648 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13649 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13651 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13654 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13657 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13658 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13659 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13660 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13661 address are all handled. */
13664 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13666 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13667 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13668 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13670 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13671 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13672 condition not be evaluated. */
13675 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13676 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13677 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13678 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13679 commands here throws. */
13680 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13681 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13682 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13684 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13686 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13687 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13689 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13692 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13696 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13697 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13698 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13700 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13701 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13703 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13705 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13706 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13708 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13709 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13710 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13711 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13713 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13714 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13718 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13719 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13721 char *extra_string
,
13722 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13723 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13725 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13726 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13727 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13728 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13731 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13732 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13734 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13735 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13736 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13737 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13738 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13739 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13741 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13743 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13744 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13745 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13746 struct event_location
*location
;
13748 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13749 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13751 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13752 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13754 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13755 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13757 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13758 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13759 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13760 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13761 canonical
->special_display
);
13762 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13763 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13764 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13765 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13766 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13767 corresponds to this one */
13768 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13770 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13772 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13777 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13778 const struct event_location
*location
,
13779 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13781 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13782 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13784 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13785 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13787 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13791 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13794 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13797 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13799 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13802 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13806 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13810 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13812 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13813 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13816 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13817 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13818 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13819 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13820 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13823 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13824 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13825 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13826 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13828 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13831 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13832 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13833 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13835 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13836 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13838 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13839 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13840 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13841 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13845 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13847 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13848 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13849 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13850 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13851 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13854 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13855 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13856 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13857 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13859 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13861 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13862 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13864 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13865 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13867 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13871 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13873 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13874 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13875 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13876 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13877 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13878 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13879 commands won't work. */
13881 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13883 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13884 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13885 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13886 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13887 might be better design to have location completely
13888 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13889 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13891 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13892 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13893 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13894 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13899 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13901 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13905 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13907 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13910 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13911 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13914 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13915 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13919 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13924 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13926 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13927 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13929 if (next
== related
)
13931 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13932 function (related
, data
);
13934 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13935 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13940 function (related
, data
);
13944 while (related
!= b
);
13948 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13950 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13953 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13954 delete_breakpoint. */
13957 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13959 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13963 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13965 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13971 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13973 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13974 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13975 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13977 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13979 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13983 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13985 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13988 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13989 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13993 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13997 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13999 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14000 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
14001 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14006 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14007 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14008 Null names are ignored. */
14011 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14013 struct bp_location
*l
;
14014 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14015 (int (*) (const void *,
14016 const void *)) streq
,
14017 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14019 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14022 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14024 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14028 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14030 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14034 htab_delete (htab
);
14040 htab_delete (htab
);
14044 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14045 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14046 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14047 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14048 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14049 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14050 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14051 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14054 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14055 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14056 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14057 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14058 in the sources, and output a warning.
14060 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14061 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14062 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14063 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14064 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14067 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14068 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14069 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14070 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14071 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14072 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14073 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14074 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14075 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14077 static struct symtab_and_line
14078 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14080 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14081 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14086 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14088 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14090 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14091 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14093 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14095 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14096 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14097 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14102 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14104 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14106 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14107 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14109 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14112 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14114 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14116 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14117 struct symbol
*sym
;
14118 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14119 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14120 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14122 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14124 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14125 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14127 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14128 "found at previous line number"),
14129 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14133 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14135 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14136 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14137 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14140 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14141 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14142 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14144 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14145 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14146 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14148 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14150 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14152 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14155 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14156 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14158 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14159 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14161 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14162 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14163 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14164 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14165 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14166 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14167 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14169 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14172 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14178 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14179 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14182 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14186 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14189 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14192 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14199 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14205 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14206 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14207 a ranged breakpoint. */
14210 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14211 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14212 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14215 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14217 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14219 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14221 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14222 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14223 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14224 "multiple locations found\n"),
14229 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14230 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14231 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14232 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14233 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14234 individual locations. */
14235 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14240 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14242 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14244 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14246 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14248 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14250 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14254 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14257 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14258 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14261 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14263 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14264 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14265 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14266 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14271 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14273 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14275 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14279 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14282 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14283 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14284 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14285 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14286 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14287 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14288 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14290 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14292 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14294 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14295 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14297 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14298 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14306 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14307 if (l
->function_name
14308 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14318 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14321 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14324 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14325 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14327 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14328 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14331 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14332 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14334 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14338 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14340 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14342 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14346 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14347 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14348 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14349 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14350 state, then user already saw the message about that
14351 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14353 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14354 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14355 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14356 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14357 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14358 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14360 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14362 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14363 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14364 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14365 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14366 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14367 which approach is better. */
14368 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14369 throw_exception (e
);
14374 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14378 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14379 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14380 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14382 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14385 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14386 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14388 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14390 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14391 b
->thread
= thread
;
14395 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14396 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14398 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14401 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14402 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14412 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14413 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14417 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14420 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14421 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14422 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14424 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14427 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14431 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14433 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14436 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14437 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14441 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14444 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14445 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14448 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14449 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14450 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14452 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14455 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14456 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14460 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14461 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14463 char *extra_string
,
14464 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14465 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14467 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14468 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14469 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14470 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14472 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14474 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14475 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14476 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14479 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14480 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14483 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14484 const struct event_location
*location
,
14485 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14487 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14489 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14490 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14491 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14492 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14495 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14496 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14498 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14500 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14502 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14503 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14504 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14506 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14509 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14512 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14514 static struct cleanup
*
14515 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14517 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14519 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14520 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14521 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14522 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14523 set_language (b
->language
);
14528 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14529 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14530 Unused in this case. */
14533 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14535 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14536 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14537 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14539 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14540 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14541 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14545 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14547 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14549 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14550 enum language save_language
;
14551 int save_input_radix
;
14552 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14554 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14555 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14556 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14558 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14560 /* Format possible error msg. */
14561 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14563 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14564 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14565 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14567 set_language (save_language
);
14568 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14570 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14572 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14574 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14575 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14576 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14577 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14580 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14582 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14583 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14585 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14587 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14589 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14590 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14592 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14593 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14594 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14596 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14600 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14601 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14602 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14605 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14607 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14612 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14613 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14615 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14617 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14618 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14623 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14627 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14628 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14630 else if (count
== 1)
14631 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14634 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14635 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14638 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14642 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14645 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14648 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14654 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14656 num
= get_number (&p
);
14658 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14660 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14662 set_ignore_count (num
,
14663 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14666 printf_filtered ("\n");
14669 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14670 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14673 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14680 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14682 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14683 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14685 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14687 while (!state
.finished
)
14689 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14693 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14696 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14700 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14701 if (b
->number
== num
)
14704 function (b
, data
);
14708 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14713 static struct bp_location
*
14714 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14716 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14721 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14726 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14728 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14731 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14736 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14737 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14740 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14742 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14746 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14749 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14755 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14756 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14757 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14760 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14762 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14763 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14764 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14765 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14768 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14770 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14771 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14773 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14774 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14776 struct bp_location
*location
;
14778 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14779 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14782 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14784 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14787 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14790 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14792 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14795 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14796 disable_breakpoint. */
14799 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14801 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14805 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14809 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14811 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14812 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14813 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14817 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14821 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14823 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14832 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14833 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14834 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14835 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14837 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14840 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14841 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14847 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14850 int target_resources_ok
;
14852 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14855 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14856 target_resources_ok
=
14857 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14859 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14860 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14861 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14862 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14865 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14867 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14868 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14872 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14874 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14875 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14876 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14878 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14880 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14881 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14888 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14890 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14891 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14893 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14894 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14896 struct bp_location
*location
;
14898 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14899 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14902 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14903 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14904 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14906 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14911 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14913 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14917 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14919 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14922 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14923 enable_breakpoint. */
14926 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14928 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14931 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14932 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14933 in stopping the inferior. */
14936 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14940 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14942 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14943 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14944 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14948 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14952 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14954 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14961 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14963 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14964 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14965 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14966 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14968 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14971 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14972 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14977 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14987 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14989 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14991 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14995 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14997 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14999 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15003 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15005 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15009 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15011 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15013 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15017 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15022 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15024 count
= get_number (&args
);
15026 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15030 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15032 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15034 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15038 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15040 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15044 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15049 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15053 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15054 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15058 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15059 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15060 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15062 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15065 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15066 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15068 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15070 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15072 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15074 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15075 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15076 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15077 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15079 value_free (wp
->val
);
15087 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15090 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15091 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15094 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15095 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15096 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15098 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15100 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15101 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15104 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15106 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15107 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15108 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15110 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15113 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15116 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15117 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15120 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15122 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15124 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15130 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15134 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15137 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15141 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15142 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15148 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15150 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15152 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15154 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15155 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15159 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15161 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15162 struct event_location
*location
;
15163 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15165 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15166 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15167 if (location
!= NULL
15168 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15169 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15171 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15173 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15175 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15177 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15178 0 /* Ignore count */,
15179 pending_break_support
,
15183 0 /* internal */, 0);
15184 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15188 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15190 struct event_location
*location
;
15191 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15193 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15194 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15195 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15197 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15199 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15200 0 /* Ignore count */,
15201 pending_break_support
,
15202 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15205 0 /* internal */, 0);
15206 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15209 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15212 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15214 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15215 struct event_location
*location
;
15216 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15218 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15219 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15220 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15222 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15223 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15227 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15228 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15231 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15232 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15234 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15236 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15237 0 /* Ignore count */,
15238 pending_break_support
,
15242 0 /* internal */, 0);
15243 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15246 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15247 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15249 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15250 static int next_cmd
;
15253 read_uploaded_action (void)
15257 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15264 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15265 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15266 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15267 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15268 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15270 struct tracepoint
*
15271 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15273 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15274 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15275 struct event_location
*location
;
15276 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15278 if (utp
->at_string
)
15279 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15282 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15283 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15284 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15286 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15287 "source location, using raw address"),
15289 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15290 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15293 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15294 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15295 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15296 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15299 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15300 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15301 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15303 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15304 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15306 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15307 0 /* Ignore count */,
15308 pending_break_support
,
15309 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15311 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15313 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15315 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15319 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15321 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15322 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15323 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15327 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15330 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15333 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15334 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15335 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15337 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15339 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15344 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15346 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15348 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15349 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15350 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15351 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15354 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15355 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15356 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15361 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15365 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15367 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15370 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15372 if (num_printed
== 0)
15374 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15375 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15377 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15380 default_collect_info ();
15383 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15384 Not supported by all targets. */
15386 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15388 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15391 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15392 Not supported by all targets. */
15394 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15396 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15399 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15401 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15403 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15409 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15411 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15412 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15413 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15415 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15416 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15418 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15422 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15424 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15427 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15428 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15432 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15435 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15438 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15440 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15441 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15443 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15444 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15447 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15449 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15450 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15451 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15454 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15456 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15457 unsigned int count
;
15459 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15460 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15461 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15463 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15465 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15466 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15468 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15470 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15472 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15474 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15476 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15477 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15480 else if (*args
== '\0')
15482 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15484 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15488 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15490 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15491 while (!state
.finished
)
15493 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15495 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15500 struct tracepoint
*
15501 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15503 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15505 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15506 if (t
->number
== num
)
15507 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15512 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15513 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15516 struct tracepoint
*
15517 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15519 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15521 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15523 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15525 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15532 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15533 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15534 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15535 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15537 struct tracepoint
*
15538 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15539 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15541 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15543 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15547 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15548 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15550 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15551 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15553 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15557 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15558 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15561 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15565 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15566 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15568 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15571 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15576 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15578 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15579 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15582 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15584 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15587 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15588 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15589 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15593 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15594 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15596 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15598 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15599 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15600 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15602 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15603 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15605 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15608 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15609 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15612 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15613 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15618 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15620 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15622 /* We can stop searching. */
15629 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15633 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15634 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15635 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15637 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15638 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15639 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15641 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15642 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15644 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15646 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15647 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15650 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15651 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15654 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15656 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15657 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15660 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15661 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15663 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15664 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15666 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15668 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15670 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15672 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15675 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15677 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15679 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15680 throw_exception (ex
);
15684 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15685 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15688 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15689 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15691 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15692 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15693 special, and not user visible. */
15694 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15696 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15699 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15701 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15705 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15706 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15709 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15710 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15713 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15716 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15718 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15721 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15724 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15726 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15729 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15731 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15732 all_tracepoints (void)
15734 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15735 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15737 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15739 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15746 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15747 locations used by several commands. */
15749 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15750 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15751 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15752 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15753 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15754 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15756 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15757 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15758 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15760 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15761 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15762 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15763 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15764 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15766 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15767 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15768 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15771 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15772 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15773 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15774 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15775 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15776 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15777 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15780 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15781 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15783 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15784 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15785 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15786 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15787 conditions are different.\n\
15789 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15791 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15792 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15794 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15795 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15798 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15799 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15800 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15801 void *user_data_catch
,
15802 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15804 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15806 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15808 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15809 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15810 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15812 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15814 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15815 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15816 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15820 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15822 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15823 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15824 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15827 struct breakpoint
*
15828 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15831 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15835 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15842 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15843 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15846 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15848 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15849 non-inline function. */
15850 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15856 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15857 have been inlined. */
15860 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15861 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15863 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15864 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15868 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15871 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15873 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15874 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15882 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15885 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15887 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15890 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15891 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15895 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15897 static int initialized
= 0;
15899 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15905 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15906 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15907 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15908 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15909 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15910 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15911 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15912 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15913 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15914 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15915 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15916 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15918 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15919 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15920 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15921 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15922 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15923 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15924 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15925 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15927 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15928 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15929 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15931 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15932 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15933 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15934 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15935 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15936 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15938 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15939 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15940 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15941 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15942 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15943 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15944 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15946 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15947 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15948 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15949 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15950 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15951 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15952 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15954 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15955 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15956 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15957 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15959 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15960 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15961 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15962 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15963 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15964 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15965 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15968 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15971 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15972 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15973 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15974 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15975 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15976 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15977 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15978 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15979 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15980 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15981 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15983 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15984 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15985 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15986 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15987 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15988 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15989 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15990 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15991 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15992 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15993 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15996 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15997 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15999 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16000 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16001 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16002 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16003 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16004 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16005 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16007 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16008 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16009 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16010 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16011 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16013 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16014 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16015 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16016 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16017 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16018 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16020 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16021 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16022 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16023 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16024 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16025 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16026 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16027 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16028 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16029 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16031 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16032 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16033 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16035 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16036 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16037 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16038 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16039 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16040 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16042 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16043 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16044 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16046 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16047 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16048 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16049 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16050 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16051 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16052 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16054 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16055 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16056 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16057 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16058 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16059 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16060 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16061 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16062 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16063 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16064 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16065 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16067 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16068 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16069 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16070 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16071 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16072 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16073 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16074 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16075 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16078 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16080 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16083 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16085 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16087 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16089 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16090 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16091 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16093 breakpoint_objfile_key
16094 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16096 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16097 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16098 before a breakpoint is set. */
16099 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16101 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16103 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16104 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16105 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16107 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16108 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16109 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16110 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16111 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16112 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16113 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16114 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16116 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16117 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16118 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16119 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16120 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16122 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16123 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16124 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16125 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16126 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16128 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16129 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16131 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16132 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16133 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16134 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16136 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16137 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16139 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16140 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16141 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16142 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16144 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16145 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16147 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16148 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16149 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16150 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16151 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16152 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16153 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16155 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16157 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16158 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16159 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16160 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16161 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16162 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16164 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16165 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16166 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16169 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16170 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16171 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16174 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16175 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16176 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16177 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16180 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16181 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16182 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16185 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16186 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16187 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16190 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16191 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16192 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16193 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16196 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16197 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16198 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16199 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16200 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16201 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16202 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16203 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16205 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16206 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16207 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16208 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16209 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16210 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16213 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16214 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16215 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16216 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16218 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16219 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16220 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16221 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16222 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16224 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16225 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16226 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16227 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16228 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16231 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16232 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16233 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16235 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16236 is executing in.\n"
16237 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16238 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16239 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16241 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16242 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16243 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16244 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16246 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16247 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16248 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16249 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16253 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16254 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16255 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16256 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16257 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16258 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16259 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16260 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16261 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16262 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16263 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16264 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16265 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16266 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16267 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16268 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16270 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16271 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16272 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16273 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16274 breakpoint set."));
16277 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16278 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16279 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16280 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16281 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16282 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16283 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16284 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16285 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16287 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16288 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16289 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16290 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16291 breakpoint set."));
16293 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16295 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16296 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16297 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16298 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16299 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16300 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16301 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16302 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16303 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16304 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16305 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16306 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16307 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16309 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16310 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16311 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16312 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16314 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16316 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16317 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16318 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16319 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16321 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16322 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16323 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16324 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16326 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16327 catch_fork_command_1
,
16329 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16330 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16331 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16332 catch_fork_command_1
,
16334 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16335 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16336 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16337 catch_exec_command_1
,
16341 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16342 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16343 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16344 catch_load_command_1
,
16348 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16349 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16350 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16351 catch_unload_command_1
,
16356 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16357 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16358 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16359 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16360 an expression changes.\n\
16361 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16362 the memory to which it refers."));
16363 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16365 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16366 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16367 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16368 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16369 an expression is read.\n\
16370 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16371 the memory to which it refers."));
16372 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16374 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16375 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16376 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16377 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16378 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16379 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16380 the memory to which it refers."));
16381 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16383 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16384 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16386 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16387 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16388 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16389 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16390 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16391 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16392 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16393 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16394 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16397 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16398 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16400 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16402 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16404 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16405 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16407 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16408 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16409 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16411 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16412 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16413 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16414 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16416 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16417 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16419 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16420 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16421 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16423 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16424 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16426 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16427 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16428 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16429 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16430 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16431 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16432 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16433 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16434 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16436 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16437 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16438 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16439 conditions are different.\n\
16441 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16442 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16443 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16445 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16446 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16447 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16448 last tracepoint set."));
16450 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16452 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16453 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16454 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16455 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16457 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16459 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16460 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16462 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16464 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16466 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16467 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16468 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16469 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16471 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16473 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16474 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16475 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16476 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16477 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16479 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16480 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16481 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16482 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16484 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16485 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16486 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16487 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16488 session to restore them."),
16490 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16492 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16493 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16494 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16496 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16498 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16499 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16501 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16502 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16503 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16504 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16505 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16506 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16507 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16508 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16509 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16510 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16511 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16512 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16514 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16515 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16516 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16517 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16518 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16519 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16520 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16521 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16523 show_pending_break_support
,
16524 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16525 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16527 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16529 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16530 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16531 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16532 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16533 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16534 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16535 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16537 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16538 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16539 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16541 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16542 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16543 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16544 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16545 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16546 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16547 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16548 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16549 when execution stops."),
16551 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16552 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16553 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16555 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16556 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16557 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16558 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16559 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16560 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16561 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16562 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16563 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16564 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16565 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16566 be set to \"gdb\""),
16567 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16568 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16569 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16570 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16572 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16573 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16574 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16575 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16576 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16577 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16578 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16579 or the start of the range\n\
16580 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16581 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16582 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16584 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16585 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16586 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16588 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16589 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16590 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16591 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16592 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16593 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16595 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16596 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16597 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16598 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16599 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16600 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16601 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16602 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16603 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16604 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16605 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16606 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16608 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16609 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16610 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16611 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16612 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16613 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16614 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16616 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16617 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16618 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16619 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16620 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16621 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16622 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16624 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16625 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16626 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16627 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16628 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16629 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16632 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16634 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16635 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16636 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16638 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16640 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16641 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);